Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000
70
Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 1 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers Compare and order numbers. 1/9
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 1
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Compare and order numbers
19
Objective
Compare and order numbers
Directions
bull Demonstrate how to create a 3shydigit number using the tiles Drag a 4 and two 0s to the three squares to show 400 Tap the Group button
bull Ask two volunteers to repeat the process to make the numbers 411 and 114
bull Ask another volunteer to drag the completed numbers into the rectangles to order them from least to greatest (114 400 and 411)
bull Reset the page
bull Repeat the activity several times each time allowing three students to create their choices of three 1shy 2shy or 3shydigit numbers and having a fourth student order those numbers from least to greatest
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 2
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use baseshyten blocks to compare and order numbers
29
bull 4 thousand is greater than 3 thousand
Objective
Use baseshyten blocks to compare and order numbers
Directions
bull Tap Hide to hide the number display at the bottom of the screen Tap the thousandshycube and place 4 thousandshycubes on the top half of the workmat Tap and place 5 tenshyrods and 1 unitshycube When you are done tap Line Up
bull Pointing to the blocks ask students to say the number with you four thousand fiftyshyone
bull Ask a volunteer to repeat the process to create the number 3785 in the bottom row of the workmat When everyone agrees that the number is displayed correctly ask students to say the number with you as you point to the corresponding blocks
bull Tap Show to show the number display at the bottom of the screen Ask Which is greater 4051 or 3785
bull Have students compare the digits in the thousands place Guide students to see that there are four thousandshycubes in the top row and three thousandshycubes in the bottom row Lead students to infer that 4051 is greater than 3785 because of the difference in the thousands place
bull Move the cursor over the question mark and ask students if you should select lt gt or = to complete the number sentence If needed explain the gt and lt signs Select their choice and then tap Check to verify their selection
bull Help students recall that comparing numbers begins with the greatest place value ndash thousands place first then hundreds tens and ones
bull Tap the Clear Workmat button to clear the screen Repeat the activity allowing students to create their choice of number pairs to compare and check
Virtual Manipulative Tip
bull Tap the Clear Workmat button to clear the screen Tap the Erase button to remove individual blocks
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 3
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 4
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 5
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 6
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 7
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 8
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 9
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to order numbers
least greatest
69
Objective
Use place value to order numbers
Directions
bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart
bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line
bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)
bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place
bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 10
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 11
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to order numbers
least greatest
69
Objective
Use place value to order numbers
Directions
bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart
bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line
bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)
bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place
bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers
Day 2
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 12
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 13
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 14
September 23 2016
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
59
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
Objective
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text
bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)
bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)
bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 15
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 16
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 17
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Look for patterns on a number line
1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527
79
Objective
Look for patterns on a number line
Directions
bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)
bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number
bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number
bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 18
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 19
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 20
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 21
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
How many numbers in all
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
1 2
89
1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem
bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem
bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen
bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem
bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 2
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use baseshyten blocks to compare and order numbers
29
bull 4 thousand is greater than 3 thousand
Objective
Use baseshyten blocks to compare and order numbers
Directions
bull Tap Hide to hide the number display at the bottom of the screen Tap the thousandshycube and place 4 thousandshycubes on the top half of the workmat Tap and place 5 tenshyrods and 1 unitshycube When you are done tap Line Up
bull Pointing to the blocks ask students to say the number with you four thousand fiftyshyone
bull Ask a volunteer to repeat the process to create the number 3785 in the bottom row of the workmat When everyone agrees that the number is displayed correctly ask students to say the number with you as you point to the corresponding blocks
bull Tap Show to show the number display at the bottom of the screen Ask Which is greater 4051 or 3785
bull Have students compare the digits in the thousands place Guide students to see that there are four thousandshycubes in the top row and three thousandshycubes in the bottom row Lead students to infer that 4051 is greater than 3785 because of the difference in the thousands place
bull Move the cursor over the question mark and ask students if you should select lt gt or = to complete the number sentence If needed explain the gt and lt signs Select their choice and then tap Check to verify their selection
bull Help students recall that comparing numbers begins with the greatest place value ndash thousands place first then hundreds tens and ones
bull Tap the Clear Workmat button to clear the screen Repeat the activity allowing students to create their choice of number pairs to compare and check
Virtual Manipulative Tip
bull Tap the Clear Workmat button to clear the screen Tap the Erase button to remove individual blocks
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 3
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 4
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 5
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 6
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 7
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 8
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 9
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to order numbers
least greatest
69
Objective
Use place value to order numbers
Directions
bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart
bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line
bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)
bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place
bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 10
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 11
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to order numbers
least greatest
69
Objective
Use place value to order numbers
Directions
bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart
bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line
bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)
bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place
bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers
Day 2
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 12
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 13
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 14
September 23 2016
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
59
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
Objective
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text
bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)
bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)
bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 15
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 16
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 17
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Look for patterns on a number line
1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527
79
Objective
Look for patterns on a number line
Directions
bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)
bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number
bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number
bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 18
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 19
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 20
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 21
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
How many numbers in all
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
1 2
89
1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem
bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem
bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen
bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem
bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 3
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 4
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 5
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 6
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 7
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 8
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 9
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to order numbers
least greatest
69
Objective
Use place value to order numbers
Directions
bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart
bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line
bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)
bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place
bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 10
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 11
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to order numbers
least greatest
69
Objective
Use place value to order numbers
Directions
bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart
bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line
bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)
bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place
bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers
Day 2
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 12
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 13
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 14
September 23 2016
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
59
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
Objective
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text
bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)
bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)
bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 15
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 16
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 17
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Look for patterns on a number line
1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527
79
Objective
Look for patterns on a number line
Directions
bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)
bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number
bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number
bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 18
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 19
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 20
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 21
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
How many numbers in all
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
1 2
89
1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem
bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem
bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen
bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem
bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 4
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 5
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 6
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 7
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 8
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 9
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to order numbers
least greatest
69
Objective
Use place value to order numbers
Directions
bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart
bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line
bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)
bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place
bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 10
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 11
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to order numbers
least greatest
69
Objective
Use place value to order numbers
Directions
bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart
bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line
bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)
bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place
bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers
Day 2
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 12
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 13
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 14
September 23 2016
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
59
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
Objective
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text
bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)
bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)
bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 15
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 16
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 17
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Look for patterns on a number line
1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527
79
Objective
Look for patterns on a number line
Directions
bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)
bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number
bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number
bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 18
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 19
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 20
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 21
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
How many numbers in all
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
1 2
89
1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem
bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem
bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen
bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem
bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 5
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 6
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 7
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 8
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 9
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to order numbers
least greatest
69
Objective
Use place value to order numbers
Directions
bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart
bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line
bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)
bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place
bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 10
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 11
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to order numbers
least greatest
69
Objective
Use place value to order numbers
Directions
bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart
bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line
bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)
bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place
bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers
Day 2
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 12
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 13
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 14
September 23 2016
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
59
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
Objective
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text
bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)
bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)
bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 15
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 16
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 17
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Look for patterns on a number line
1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527
79
Objective
Look for patterns on a number line
Directions
bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)
bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number
bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number
bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 18
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 19
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 20
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 21
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
How many numbers in all
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
1 2
89
1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem
bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem
bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen
bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem
bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 6
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 7
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 8
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 9
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to order numbers
least greatest
69
Objective
Use place value to order numbers
Directions
bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart
bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line
bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)
bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place
bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 10
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 11
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to order numbers
least greatest
69
Objective
Use place value to order numbers
Directions
bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart
bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line
bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)
bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place
bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers
Day 2
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 12
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 13
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 14
September 23 2016
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
59
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
Objective
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text
bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)
bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)
bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 15
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 16
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 17
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Look for patterns on a number line
1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527
79
Objective
Look for patterns on a number line
Directions
bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)
bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number
bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number
bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 18
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 19
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 20
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 21
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
How many numbers in all
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
1 2
89
1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem
bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem
bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen
bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem
bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 7
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 8
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 9
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to order numbers
least greatest
69
Objective
Use place value to order numbers
Directions
bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart
bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line
bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)
bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place
bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 10
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 11
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to order numbers
least greatest
69
Objective
Use place value to order numbers
Directions
bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart
bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line
bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)
bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place
bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers
Day 2
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 12
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 13
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 14
September 23 2016
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
59
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
Objective
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text
bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)
bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)
bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 15
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 16
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 17
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Look for patterns on a number line
1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527
79
Objective
Look for patterns on a number line
Directions
bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)
bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number
bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number
bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 18
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 19
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 20
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 21
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
How many numbers in all
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
1 2
89
1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem
bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem
bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen
bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem
bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 8
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to compare numbers
49
bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens
bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones
Objective
Use place value to compare numbers
Directions
bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater
bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less
bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared
bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 9
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to order numbers
least greatest
69
Objective
Use place value to order numbers
Directions
bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart
bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line
bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)
bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place
bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 10
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 11
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to order numbers
least greatest
69
Objective
Use place value to order numbers
Directions
bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart
bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line
bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)
bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place
bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers
Day 2
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 12
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 13
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 14
September 23 2016
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
59
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
Objective
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text
bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)
bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)
bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 15
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 16
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 17
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Look for patterns on a number line
1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527
79
Objective
Look for patterns on a number line
Directions
bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)
bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number
bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number
bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 18
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 19
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 20
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 21
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
How many numbers in all
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
1 2
89
1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem
bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem
bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen
bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem
bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 9
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to order numbers
least greatest
69
Objective
Use place value to order numbers
Directions
bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart
bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line
bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)
bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place
bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 10
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 11
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to order numbers
least greatest
69
Objective
Use place value to order numbers
Directions
bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart
bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line
bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)
bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place
bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers
Day 2
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 12
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 13
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 14
September 23 2016
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
59
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
Objective
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text
bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)
bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)
bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 15
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 16
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 17
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Look for patterns on a number line
1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527
79
Objective
Look for patterns on a number line
Directions
bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)
bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number
bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number
bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 18
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 19
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 20
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 21
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
How many numbers in all
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
1 2
89
1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem
bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem
bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen
bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem
bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 10
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 11
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to order numbers
least greatest
69
Objective
Use place value to order numbers
Directions
bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart
bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line
bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)
bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place
bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers
Day 2
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 12
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 13
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 14
September 23 2016
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
59
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
Objective
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text
bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)
bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)
bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 15
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 16
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 17
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Look for patterns on a number line
1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527
79
Objective
Look for patterns on a number line
Directions
bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)
bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number
bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number
bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 18
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 19
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 20
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 21
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
How many numbers in all
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
1 2
89
1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem
bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem
bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen
bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem
bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 11
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value to order numbers
least greatest
69
Objective
Use place value to order numbers
Directions
bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart
bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line
bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)
bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place
bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen
bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers
Day 2
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 12
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 13
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 14
September 23 2016
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
59
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
Objective
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text
bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)
bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)
bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 15
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 16
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 17
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Look for patterns on a number line
1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527
79
Objective
Look for patterns on a number line
Directions
bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)
bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number
bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number
bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 18
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 19
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 20
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 21
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
How many numbers in all
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
1 2
89
1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem
bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem
bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen
bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem
bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 12
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 13
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 14
September 23 2016
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
59
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
Objective
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text
bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)
bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)
bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 15
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 16
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 17
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Look for patterns on a number line
1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527
79
Objective
Look for patterns on a number line
Directions
bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)
bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number
bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number
bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 18
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 19
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 20
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 21
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
How many numbers in all
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
1 2
89
1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem
bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem
bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen
bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem
bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 13
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 14
September 23 2016
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
59
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
Objective
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text
bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)
bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)
bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 15
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 16
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 17
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Look for patterns on a number line
1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527
79
Objective
Look for patterns on a number line
Directions
bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)
bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number
bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number
bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 18
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 19
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 20
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 21
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
How many numbers in all
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
1 2
89
1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem
bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem
bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen
bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem
bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 14
September 23 2016
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
59
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
Objective
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text
bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)
bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)
bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 15
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 16
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 17
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Look for patterns on a number line
1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527
79
Objective
Look for patterns on a number line
Directions
bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)
bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number
bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number
bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 18
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 19
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 20
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 21
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
How many numbers in all
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
1 2
89
1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem
bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem
bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen
bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem
bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 15
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 16
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 17
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Look for patterns on a number line
1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527
79
Objective
Look for patterns on a number line
Directions
bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)
bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number
bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number
bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 18
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 19
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 20
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 21
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
How many numbers in all
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
1 2
89
1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem
bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem
bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen
bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem
bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 16
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 17
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Look for patterns on a number line
1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527
79
Objective
Look for patterns on a number line
Directions
bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)
bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number
bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number
bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 18
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 19
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 20
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 21
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
How many numbers in all
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
1 2
89
1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem
bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem
bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen
bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem
bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 17
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Look for patterns on a number line
1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527
79
Objective
Look for patterns on a number line
Directions
bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)
bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number
bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number
bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern
bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 18
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 19
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 20
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 21
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
How many numbers in all
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
1 2
89
1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem
bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem
bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen
bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem
bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 18
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 19
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 20
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 21
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
How many numbers in all
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
1 2
89
1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem
bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem
bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen
bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem
bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 19
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 20
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 21
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
How many numbers in all
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
1 2
89
1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem
bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem
bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen
bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem
bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 20
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 21
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
How many numbers in all
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
1 2
89
1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem
bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem
bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen
bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem
bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 21
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
How many numbers in all
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
1 2
89
1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem
bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem
bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen
bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem
bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided
bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 22
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
4 7 5
2 1
3
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
3 0
99
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students
bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)
bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue
bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)
bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 23
September 23 2016
Numbers to 10000
SA1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 24
September 23 2016
SA2
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
Write the least 3shydigit even number
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number
The digits are 8 1 5 and 4
8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851
1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148
Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question
a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number
b) Write the least 3shydigit even number
bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last
bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question
ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections
bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students
bull Discuss the solution with the students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 25
September 23 2016
SA3
Numbers to 10000
1
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
2
How many numbers in all
4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297
12
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as
possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number
How many numbers are there in all
bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value
bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value
Objective
Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bull Discuss the solution with students
bull Tap Back to return to the lesson
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 26
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 27
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 28
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 29
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 30
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 31
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 32
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 33
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 34
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 35
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 36
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 37
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 38
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 39
September 23 2016
Student Workbook
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 40
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 41
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 42
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 43
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 44
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 45
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 46
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 47
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 48
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 49
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 50
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 51
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 52
September 23 2016
Extra Practice
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 53
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 54
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 55
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 56
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 57
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 58
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 59
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 60
September 23 2016
RETEACH
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 61
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 62
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 63
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 64
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 65
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 66
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 67
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 68
September 23 2016
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook
Mr Dudrick NPE 69
September 23 2016
The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number
The sum of all the ones is 17
The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number
The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number
SA4
Numbers to 10000
13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
6
2
8
94 7 5
2 1
3 3 0
Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink
Objective
Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Directions
bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips
Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number
Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference
SMART Notebook
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
1
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page
Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file
Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page
Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page
Tap the Next button to go to the next page
To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked
Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu
To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen
When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
2
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
General SMART Notebook Tips
Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity
Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use
Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results
Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks
If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu
To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette
The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook
While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook
FillUndo
The SMART Notebook floating palette
The SMART Notebook toolbar
TextPensDelete
Paste
Table
Redo
Save EraseLines
Shapes
Regular Polygons
Select
Select
Pen
Pen
Highlighter
Eraser
Right Click
Notebook
Keyboard
Undo
Customize
Previous Page
ViewOptions
Screen Capture
Measurement Tools
Document Camera
Window Shade
SMART Exchange
NextPage
Open File
New Page
DeletePage
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it
SMART Notebook
Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
Page 16 May 3-119 PM
Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 18 May 3-120 PM
Page 19 May 3-120 PM
Page 20 May 3-120 PM
Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
Page 26 May 3-120 PM
Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
Page 61 May 3-121 PM
Page 62 May 3-121 PM
Page 63 May 3-121 PM
Page 64 May 3-122 PM
Page 65 May 3-122 PM
Page 66 May 3-122 PM
Page 67 May 3-122 PM
Page 68 May 3-123 PM
Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
Attachments Page 1
3
Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files
Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool
Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard
If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it